Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 3.5L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 3.5L
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View - Wiring Harness Side - (4T45E/MN5)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 2.4L
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 3.5L
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Switch (MT2) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor (MT2) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) (MT2) Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C3 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch (3-Spoke) Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe)
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Automatic Transmission Control Module Connector End View - Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Engine Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (3.9) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (C60) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch (T96) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) (3.9L) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C3 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Exterior
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Interior
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear (Convertible)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LX9) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Guide - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Header Latch Cylinder Sensor S1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Open/Close Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Pump Motor (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Cylinder Extended Sensor S2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Partition Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Valve 1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Valve 2 (Convertible) Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C104 Body Harness to Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Harness (LZ9 w/FX3)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LE5/LZ9)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LX9)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LE5)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LX9)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (L29)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Harness (Convertible)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C214 Body Harness to Console Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Drivers Seat Harness
        • C301 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Right Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C302 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Left Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C410 Body Harness to Folding Top Harness (Convertible)
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Pedal Module
          • Adjustable Pedal Actuator
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Coupe)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Convertible)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Sedan)
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Canadian)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • BCM Programming
          • Remote Start calibration
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Theft Deterrent Programming Procedures
          • SDM Part Number Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Body Control Module
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Run/Crank Relay
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
          • Brake Apply Sensor (BAS) Replacement
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Reprogramming
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • DRR Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (2.4 LE5)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (3.5 or 3.9)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Folding Top Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Automatic HVAC
          • Actuator Replacement - Automatic HVAC
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Manual HVAC
          • Actuator Replacement - Manual HVAC
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Setup
          • Steering Position Sensor Calibration
          • Torque Sensor Calibration
          • Steering Tuning Selection
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • PCM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (W/RPO CF5)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Reprogramming
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement Using Existing Keys
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement Using New Keys
          • Replacing Keys
          • Adding Keys
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC B3794
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0608
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2162
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (3.5L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (2.4L and 3.9L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (without TIS2web Gen 3 and prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (with TIS2web Gen 4 and later)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Antenna Amplifier Module
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85)
          • Speaker - LR (Convertible)
          • Speaker - LR (UZ6)
          • Speaker - LR (U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6)
          • Speaker - RF Door (U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85)
          • Speaker - RR (Convertible)
          • Speaker - RR (UZ6)
          • Speaker - RR (U85)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025-B1055 01 and 02
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025-B1055 01
            • B1025-B1055 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
            • Tools Required
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Schematic Reference
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Schematic Reference
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM™ Activation
      • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Sedan)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Coupe and Sedan)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Convertible)
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Quarter Trim Panel Speaker Replacement (Convertible)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Sedan)
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Grille Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
          • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
          • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
            • Previous AMS
            • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
              • Notes
              • Removing CDs
              • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
            • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
            • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
          • Radio Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp
          • Ambient Light Sensor (C60)
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2545.01
            • B2545.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2575.01
            • B2575.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2625 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3903.02
            • DTC B3903.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3948.02
            • B3948.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3950.02
            • B3950.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0572
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0573
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Convertible)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Quarter Courtesy Lamp Lens and Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Coupe)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Sedan )
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp
          • Ambient Light Sensor (C60)
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2545.01
            • B2545.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2575.01
            • B2575.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2625 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3903.02
            • DTC B3903.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3948.02
            • B3948.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3950.02
            • B3950.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0572
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0573
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Convertible)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Quarter Courtesy Lamp Lens and Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Coupe)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Sedan )
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction (C60 Manual A/C only)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60 Manual A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Switch
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68 Auto A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch (3-Spoke)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • OnStar Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (without TIS2web Gen 3 and prior)
        • OnStar Reconfiguration (with TIS2web Gen 4 and later)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone and Navigation Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Antenna Amplifier Module
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85)
          • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6)
          • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85)
          • Speaker - LR (Convertible)
          • Speaker - LR (UZ6)
          • Speaker - LR (U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6)
          • Speaker - RF Door (U85)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6)
          • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85)
          • Speaker - RR (Convertible)
          • Speaker - RR (UZ6)
          • Speaker - RR (U85)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • B1025-B1055 01 and 02
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1025-B1055 01
            • B1025-B1055 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
            • Tools Required
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Schematic Reference
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Schematic Reference
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • XM™ Activation
      • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Convertible)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Coupe)
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio (Sedan)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Coupe and Sedan)
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement (Convertible)
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Radio Front Side Door Lower Speaker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement (Sedan)
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Quarter Trim Panel Speaker Replacement (Convertible)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Coupe and Sedan)
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Grille Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speaker System
            • Notes
            • Base UW4 System
            • Premium UZ6 System
          • Set Clock Base (U1C) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
          • Set Clock Uplevel (UN0, UP0, UC6) Radio
            • Set Hour Mode
            • Set Minute Mode
            • RDS Auto Set Mode
          • Cassette Automatic Music Search (AMS)
            • Previous AMS
            • Next AMS
          • Cut Tape Bypass
          • Clean Cassette Player
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Antenna System
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral 6 Disc CD Changer (ICDX [Uplevel])
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
              • Notes
              • Removing CDs
              • Song List Feature
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
          • Rear Seat Entertainment Control
            • Notes
            • DVD Source Selection
            • DVD Forward and Reverse
            • DVD Track and Chapter Selection
            • DVD Random Track Selection
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Audio Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
          • Radio Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (GME)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Sedan)
        • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Quarter (Convertible/Sedan)
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Retained Molding and Emblem Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retractable Roof Headliner Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Retractable Roof Headliner Rear Trim Panel Replacement
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Console and Mounting Bracket Replace - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Coupe & Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Convertible)
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement (Convertible)
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement (w/o light)
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement (w/light)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar (Convertible)
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper (Coupe)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Coupe)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear End Trim Finish Upper Panel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp
          • Ambient Light Sensor (C60)
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy Lamp (DK6)
          • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan)
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B1480 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • DTC B2530 02
            • DTC B2530 05
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2545.01
            • B2545.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2575.01
            • B2575.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2580.01
            • B2580.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2585.01
            • B2585.06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B2625 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2645.01
            • B2645.02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3903
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3903.02
            • DTC B3903.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3948.02
            • B3948.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3949.02
            • B3949.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3950.02
            • B3950.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3951.02
            • B3951.05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0277 06
            • DTC C0277 07
            • DTC C0277 09
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0278 00
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0870 03
            • DTC C0870 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0572
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0573
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Rear Quarter
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement (Convertible)
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Quarter Courtesy Lamp Lens and Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Coupe)
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Sedan )
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Convertible)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Coupe)
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
          • Adjustable Pedal Module
          • Adjustable Pedal Actuator
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor
          • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Bracket Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Accelerator Pedal Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Brake Pedal Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Adjustment Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
          • Radio Preset with Remote Keyless Entry
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction (C60 Manual A/C only)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60 Manual A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Switch
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68 Auto A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Center Console Replacement - Rear Seat (Convertible)
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (HPS)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34)
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34)
          • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
          • Steering Column
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Wheel Controls
        • DTC B3608
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • High Telescoping Effort
        • High Effort While Tilting Column
        • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement (HPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Electronic)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement (Hydraulic)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security (Found on Some Vehicle Models)
          • Driver Convenience
          • Assist Mechanism
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction (C60 Manual A/C only)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60 Manual A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Switch
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68 Auto A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative Without Rear Wiper
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Filler Neck Replacement
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Coupe)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Convertible)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Sedan)
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0685
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3006
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3006 01
            • B3006 02
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Canadian)
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using Existing Keys
          • Set Up a Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Using New Keys
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security Indicator
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Passive CTD Arming
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cross Vehicle Brace Replacement (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
          • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Right Rear (Convertible)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3265
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Switch
            • Relay
          • Component Testing
            • Switch
            • Relay
            • Component Static Test
            • Component Dynamic Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (Sedan and Coupe)
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - LH Rear (Sedan and Coupe)
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - LH Rear (Convertible)
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - RH Rear (Convertible)
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - RH Rear (Coupe/Sedan)
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear (Coupe/Sedan)
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Convertible)
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Convertible)
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overslam Bumper Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
        • Quarter Window Regulator Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation (Sedan)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • License Bracket Replacement - Front
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Rear Bumper Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (GME)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Sedan)
        • Emblem Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Quarter (Convertible/Sedan)
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Windshield Frame
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Retained Molding and Emblem Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
          • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0158
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2961
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
              • Notes
              • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0520
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Console Replacement
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Enter
          • Info
            • Notes
            • Av Speed
            • Econ
            • Fuel Range
            • Oil Life
            • TRIP A and TRIP B
          • Menu
            • Notes
            • Oil-Life Reset
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retractable Roof Headliner Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Retractable Roof Headliner Rear Trim Panel Replacement
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
        • Console and Mounting Bracket Replace - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Coupe & Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement (Convertible)
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement (Convertible)
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement (w/o light)
        • Vanity Mirror Replacement (w/light)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar (Convertible)
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper (Coupe)
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lock Pillar Upper (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Convertible)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Body Lock Pillar Lower (Coupe)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear End Trim Finish Upper Panel Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Alignment Checking
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement (Coupe 2.4L/4T40-E/4T45-E)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Coupe 3.5L/4T40-E/4T45-E)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Coupe 3.9L/4T65-E)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Coupe 3.9L/F40)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Convertible 3.5L/4T40-E/4T45-E)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Convertible 3.9L/4T65-E)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement (Convertible 3.9L/F40)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction (C60 Manual A/C only)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60 Manual A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Switch
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68 Auto A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1)
          • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1)
          • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Track Synchronization
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Back Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Back Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater and Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Release Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Sedan/Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Center Console Replacement - Rear Seat (Convertible)
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Roof System And Convertible Top
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
        • Folding Top Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Folding Top Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • Folding Top Control Module C1 (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Control Module C2 (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Front Location Pin Guide - Left (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Front Location Pin Position Switch (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Header Latch Cylinder Sensor S1 (Convertible)
          • Folding Top Open/Close Switch (Convertible )
          • Folding Top Pump Motor (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Cylinder Extended Sensor S2 (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Left (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Right (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Left (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Right (Convertible)
          • Rear Compartment Partition Position Switch (Convertible)
          • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Control Module (CF5)
          • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Switch (C3Y)
          • Sunroof Switch (CF5)
          • Valve 1 (Convertible)
          • Valve 2 (Convertible)
      • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Hose Identification
      • Visual Identification
        • Folding Top Retainer Strap Installation Position
        • Sunroof Disassembled View
        • Sunroof Water Management System Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof (Sunroof)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof (Folding Top)
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Notes
          • Folding Top Control (FTC) Module
        • DTC B1010
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1296
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1307
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1325
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1335
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1345
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • DTC B316A 01
            • DTC B316A 02
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3602
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3602 02
            • DTC B3602 5A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3669
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B366A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B366B
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B366C
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B366D
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B366E
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3674
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3674 01
            • DTC B3674 02
            • DTC B3674 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • DTC B3674 01
            • DTC B3674 02
            • DTC B3674 04
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3675
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3675 01
            • DTC B3675 02
            • DTC B3675 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • DTC B3675 01
            • DTC B3675 02
            • DTC B3675 04
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B367A
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B367B
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B367F
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3680
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3680 01
            • DTC B3680 02
            • DTC B3680 04
            • DTC B3680 0B
            • DTC B3680 0C
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • DTC B3680 01
            • DTC B3680 02
            • DTC B3680 04
            • DTC B3680 0B
            • DTC B3680 0C
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3683
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3685
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunshade Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative (W/RPO CF5)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Circuit/System Verification
            • Circuit/System Testing
            • Component Testing
              • Sunroof Switch
              • Sunroof Control Module
            • Repair Instructions
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Operates Erratically
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Switch Test
        • Power Folding Top Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
            • Circuit/System Verification
            • Circuit/System Testing
              • Luggage Barrier Inoperative
              • Folding Top Inoperative from the Open/Close Switch
            • Repair Instructions
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Convertible Top Switch Replacement
        • Folding Top Rear Latch Replacement - Panel to Panel
        • Folding Top Rear Latch Adjustment - Panel to Panel
        • Folding Top Rear Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Rear Latch Striker Replacement - Upper
        • Roof Retractable Panel Stowage Compartment Lid Cylinder Replacement - Upper
        • Roof Retractable Panel Stowage Compartment Lid Cylinder Replacement - Rear
        • Roof Retractable Panel Stowage Compartment Lid Cylinder Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Fluid Addition
        • Folding Top Pump Bypass Valve Pressure Release Adjustment
        • Folding Top Pump with Motor Replacement (Pump)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Pump with Motor Replacement (Motor)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Pump Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic System Bleeding Procedure
        • Folding Top Cylinder Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Folding Top Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front
        • Folding Top Side Rail Link Replacement
        • Folding Top Pivot Bracket Replacement
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Panel Folding Actuator Replacement
        • Folding Top Panel Replacement - Front
        • Folding Top Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Replacement
        • Folding Top Header Latch Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement
        • Roof Retractable Stowage Compartment Closeout Panel Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Folding Top Side Rail Link Cylinder Replacement - Main Rail
        • Folding Top Cylinder Valve Disconnection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Window Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Rear Panel Weatherstrip Replacement - Upper
        • Folding Top Rear Panel Weatherstrip Replacement - Lower
        • Folding Top Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Front
        • Folding Top Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Side Front
        • Folding Top Front Latch Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Guide Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Stowage Bumper Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Position Switch Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Guide Replacement - Left Side
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Guide Replacement - Right Side
        • Removable Top Locating Pin Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Front Closeout Panel Replacement
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Adjustment - Front
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment Procedure
          • Height Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Front Outer Closeout Panel Replacement
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Front Outer Closeout Panel Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment Procedure
          • Parallel Adjustment Procedure
          • Height Adjustment Procedure
          • Loose or Rattling Outer Panels
        • Roof Retractable Panel Stowage Compartment Lid Latch Link Replacement
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Closeout Panel Link Replacement - Front
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Closeout Panel Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Closeout Panel Hinge Replacement - Front
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Replacement - Front Hinge Side
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid Hinge
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Replacement - Hinge Bracket
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Bracket Replacement - Lid Side
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Shim Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side (Convertible)
        • Rear Compartment Side Trim Replacement - Right Side Coupe/Sedan
        • Sunroof Windows Alignment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (C3Y)
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - 2-3
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Roll Repair
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Pucker Repair
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Seal Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Cover Replacement - 2-3-4
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (Panoramic)
          • Initialization Procedure
          • Teach Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initilization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Sunshade Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Cable Drive Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (CF5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement (C3Y)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Water Gutter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Manual Operation
        • Roof Rear Panel Guide Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Access Recovery
          • Folding Top Deck Lid Access
          • Top Inop-Trunk Access
          • Top Not Secured Access
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Sedan)
          • Sunroof Water Flow Direction (Extended Sedan)
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (W/RPO CF5)
        • Sunroof Description and Operation (W/RPO C3Y)
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Sunroof Motor/Actuator and Sunroof Switch
          • Sunshade Motor/Actuator and Sunshade Switch
          • Sunroof and Sunshade Operation
          • Sunroof and Sunshade Express Operation
          • Sunroof Water Drainage
        • Folding Top Manual Operation from the Stowed Position to the Closed Position
        • Power Folding Top Description and Operation
          • Power Folding Top System Components
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Folding Top Open/Close Control Switch
          • Hall Effect Sensors
          • Limit Switches
          • Hydraulic Control
          • Pump Motor Temperature Operation
          • Power Window Functions During Folding Top Operation
          • Driver Notification
        • Folding Top Switch Position Matrix
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR (Sedan)
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR (Sedan)
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
          • Window Motor - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Driver (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Left Rear (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Motor - RR (Convertible)
          • Window Motor - RR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver (Coupe)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - LR (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (Sedan)
          • Window Switch - RR (Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Door Lock Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Lock Switch Test
            • Door Latch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Front
        • Door Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Driver)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Passenger)
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
        • Rear Side Door Inner Panel Lower Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Housing Replacement
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door (Sedan)
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
        • Front Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Window Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Striker Anchor Plate Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window and Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Front Door Glass Position Too Low
          • Scissoring of Door Glass to Quarter Glass
          • No Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Measurement Locations for Checking Quarter Glass
          • Quarter Glass Adjustment
          • Too Much Contact Between Door Glass and Sash Seal
          • Location of Marks for Checking Up/Down Penetration
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Power Window Reinitialization (Coupe/Convertible Only)
        • Rear Side Door Window Front Lower Channel Replacement
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
        • Rear Side Door Stationary Window Replacement
        • Front Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Rear Door Frame Applique Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Side Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Coupe)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Convertible)
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Sedan)
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement (Coupe and Convertible)
        • Mirror Replacement (Sedan)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Switch Operation
          • Power Door Lock Actuators
          • Power Door Lock and Unlock Operation w/Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Driver Door Cylinder Switch Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C60 C68
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction (C60 Manual A/C only)
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Indicator (C60 Manual A/C only)
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C60 Manual A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defog Indicator Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Defog Switch
            • Defog Indicator
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative (C68 Auto A/C) Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • HVAC Control Module Malfunction
            • Rear Defogger Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Rear Defogger Switch and HVAC Control Module
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)(FX3)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3)
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3)
          • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
          • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 - C0050 18
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 00
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 - C0050 18
            • C0035 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C0110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0116
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0136 00
            • C0136 08
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186 00, 09, and 1A
            • C0186 08
            • C0186 09
            • C0186 19
            • C0186 1A
            • C0186 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0196 00
            • C0196 09
            • C0196 1A
            • C0196 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0249 or C0250
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0281 Or C081
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Stability System On Indicator
            • Stability System Off Indicator
            • Traction Control On Indicator
            • Traction Control Off Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
          • Tools Required
          • Indexing Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
          • Tools Required
          • Refinishing Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (FX3)
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Specification
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Indicator Sensor/Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (Disc)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
          • Pressure Bleeding Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (ABS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (W/O ABS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release (Rear Disc Brakes)
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Parking Brake Lever Handle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
  • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)(FX3)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3)
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3)
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035 - C0050 18
          • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 00
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 - C0050 18
          • C0035 - C0050 18, 0F, 00
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C0110 07
          • C0110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0116
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0136
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0136 00
          • C0136 08
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0137
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0186 00, 09, and 1A
          • C0186 08
          • C0186 09
          • C0186 19
          • C0186 1A
          • C0186 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0196 00
          • C0196 09
          • C0196 1A
          • C0196 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0249 or C0250
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0281 Or C081
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0550 00
          • C0550 04
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0710
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0710 00
          • C0710 1A
          • C0710 1F
          • C0710 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0820
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Vehicle Yaw Sensor with Vehicle Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Stability System On Indicator
          • Stability System Off Indicator
          • Traction Control On Indicator
          • Traction Control Off Indicator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tripot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 3.5L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 3.5L
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View - Wiring Harness Side - (4T45E/MN5)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 2.4L
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 3.5L
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Switch (MT2) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor (MT2) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) (MT2) Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C3 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch (3-Spoke) Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe)
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Automatic Transmission Control Module Connector End View - Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Engine Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (3.9) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (C60) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch (T96) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) (3.9L) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C3 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Exterior
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Interior
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear (Convertible)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LX9) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Guide - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Header Latch Cylinder Sensor S1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Open/Close Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Pump Motor (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Cylinder Extended Sensor S2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Partition Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Valve 1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Valve 2 (Convertible) Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C104 Body Harness to Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Harness (LZ9 w/FX3)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LE5/LZ9)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LX9)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LE5)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LX9)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (L29)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Harness (Convertible)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C214 Body Harness to Console Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Drivers Seat Harness
        • C301 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Right Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C302 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Left Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C410 Body Harness to Folding Top Harness (Convertible)
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedures
          • Removal Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9)
          • Generator Connector (LX9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement (LE5/3.5L)
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
        • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Fusible Links
        • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
        • Body Control Module
        • Rear Fuse Block
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0158
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Conditions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2961
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0461
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0520
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0521
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Accessory Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center Support
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Right
      • Console Trim Panel Replacement - Left
      • Parking Brake Lever Bezel Replacement
      • Console Replacement
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
      • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cup Holder Replacement - Front Floor Console - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Ice Possible
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Enter
        • Info
          • Notes
          • Av Speed
          • Econ
          • Fuel Range
          • Oil Life
          • TRIP A and TRIP B
        • Menu
          • Notes
          • Oil-Life Reset
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
          • Horn Assembly
          • Horn Switch (3-Spoke)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2750 01
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B2750 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 3.5L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 3.5L
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View - Wiring Harness Side - (4T45E/MN5)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 2.4L
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 3.5L
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Switch (MT2) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor (MT2) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) (MT2) Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C3 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch (3-Spoke) Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe)
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Automatic Transmission Control Module Connector End View - Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Engine Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (3.9) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (C60) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch (T96) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) (3.9L) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C3 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Exterior
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Interior
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear (Convertible)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LX9) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Guide - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Header Latch Cylinder Sensor S1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Open/Close Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Pump Motor (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Cylinder Extended Sensor S2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Partition Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Valve 1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Valve 2 (Convertible) Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM) - Cover
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Top View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear Bottom View
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C104 Body Harness to Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Harness (LZ9 w/FX3)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LE5/LZ9)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LX9)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LE5)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LX9)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (L29)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Harness (Convertible)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C214 Body Harness to Console Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Drivers Seat Harness
        • C301 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Right Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C302 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Left Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C410 Body Harness to Folding Top Harness (Convertible)
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
            • Tools Required
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedures
          • Removal Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9)
          • Generator Connector (LX9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement (LE5/3.5L)
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
        • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.5L) Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C1 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C2 Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) (3.5L) C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2 (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator (Early Production) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7/AY0) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3 Connector End View
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View (4T45E/MN5) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 2.4L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Engine Side - 3.5L
        • A/T Inline 20-Way Connector End View - Transmission Side - 3.5L
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View - Wiring Harness Side - (4T45E/MN5)
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 2.4L
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View - 3.5L
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (UE1) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2 (Coupe/Sedan) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Power Steering Control Module - C3 Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Antenna Amplifier Module Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 (U85) Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 (U85) Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K) Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 (U2K/UE1) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Coupe/Sedan w/U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (Sedan w/UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Tweeter (U85) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (UZ6) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR (U85) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Switch (MT2) Connector End View
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Sensor (MT2) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) (MT2) Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (2.4L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (2.4L) C3 Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Horn Switch (3-Spoke) Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Left Rear (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Convertible)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (Coupe)
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C1 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Driver C2 (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Coupe/Convertible)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (Sedan)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR (Sedan)
        • Automatic Transmission Control Module Connector End View - Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Engine Side
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-way Connector End View (3.9L) - Transmission Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.9L) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View (3.9) - Wiring Harness Side
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (FX3) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/o FX3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (NW7/NW9) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (C60) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp (DK6) Connector End View
        • Dome/Reading Lamp (w/o C3Y) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch (T96) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Left Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Right Rear (Sedan) Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6) Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector End View (DLC)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3) Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) (3.9L) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module (3.9L) Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) (3.9L) C3 Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor (FX3) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Exterior
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View - Interior
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Right Rear (Convertible)
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (LZ9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (LE5/LX9) Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Driver C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C1 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C2 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - Passenger C3 (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Driver (KA1) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - Passenger (KA1) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (ASN) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor (AG1) Connector End View
        • Seat Vertical Motor (ASN) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9) Connector End View
        • Generator Connector (LX9) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Module Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Actuator Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Adjustable Pedal Position Switch Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Control Module C2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Latch Actuator Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Guide - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Front Location Pin Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Header Latch Cylinder Sensor S1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Open/Close Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Folding Top Pump Motor (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Cylinder Extended Sensor S2 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Front Hinge - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Left (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Right (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Partition Position Switch (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Control Module (CF5) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Module (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Shade Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (C3Y) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch (CF5) Connector End View
        • Valve 1 (Convertible) Connector End View
        • Valve 2 (Convertible) Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Exterior Lights
        • Notes
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.4L VIN B
        • 3.5L VIN 8
        • 3.9L VIN 1
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C102 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to Body Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C104 Body Harness to Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Harness (LZ9 w/FX3)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LE5/LZ9)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Body Harness (LX9)
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LE5)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (LX9)
        • C130 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (L29)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Harness (Convertible)
        • C206 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C207 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C208 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C214 Body Harness to Console Harness
        • C216 Passenger Inflatable Restraint Harness to Body Harness
        • C300 Body Harness to Drivers Seat Harness
        • C301 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Right Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C302 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Harness to Left Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C308 Body Harness to Left Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C309 Body Harness to Right Seat Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Jumper Harness (AY0)
        • C310 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness (KA1)
        • C319 Body Harness to Left Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C320 Body Harness to Right Roof Rail Module Harness (AY0)
        • C351 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1)
        • C401 Rear Lamp Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C402 Rear Lamp Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness
        • C403 Body Harness to Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness (JL9/J67)
        • C410 Body Harness to Folding Top Harness (Convertible)
        • C413 Fuel Sender Harness to Body Harness
        • C415 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (C3Y)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Pad Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Coolant Level Switch
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (LX9, LZ9 Static Fill) Tools Required
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Fill Procedure
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (LE5 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Fill Procedure
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling (GE 47716 Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac N Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LX9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LX9, LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LE5, Late Production Only w/EOC)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Surge Tank Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement (LE5, Early Production Only w/o EOC)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LE5)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LX9)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LZ9)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LE5)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LX9)
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LZ9)
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (3.5L )
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.5L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement (3.5L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (2.4L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LX9, LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Side Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.5L and 3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (2.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.5L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.9L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.5L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.9L w/RPO MT2)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.9L w/PRO M15)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (2.4L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left (3.5L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left (3.9L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right (3.5L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right (3.9L w/RPO MT2)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right (3.9L w/RPO M15)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Dash Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.9L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Tools Required
        • Locating and Identifying the Leak
        • Visual Inspection Method
        • Powder Method
        • Black Light and Dye Method
        • Possible Causes for Leaks
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement (Coupe
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement (Convertible
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement (Coupe)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement (Convertible)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Position Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Identifying Intake Manifold Gaskets & Seals
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right Sid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Removal (Automatic Transmission)
        • Engine Flywheel Removal (Manual Transmission)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Removal
        • Engine Lift Rear Bracket Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right Side
        • Upper Intake Manifold Removal
        • Lower Intake Manifold Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left Side
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right Side
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Heater Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Lower Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Upper Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Block Heater Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left Side
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right Side
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Lower Intake Manifold Installation
        • Upper Intake Manifold Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right Side
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Lift Rear Bracket Installation
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation (Automatic Transmission)
        • Engine Flywheel Installation (Manual Transmission)
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
          • Prelubing Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Notes
          • Generator Connector (LE5/LZ9)
          • Generator Connector (LX9)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement (LE5/3.5L)
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LE5/2.4L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LX9/3.5L)
        • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LZ9/3.9L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve System Description
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Voltage and Ground
            • IMT Valve Control Circuit
            • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DT P0315 To DTC P2071
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0332
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0326
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0335
          • DTC P0336
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0335
          • P0336
        • Component Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0340
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0341
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0340
          • P0341
        • Component Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
          • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • DTC P0443
          • DTC P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • DTC P0443
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC P0506 and P0507
          • Notes
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • DTC P0601
          • DTC P0602
          • DTC P0603
          • DTC P0604
          • DTC P0606
          • DTC P0607
          • DTC P060D
          • DTC P062F
          • DTC P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0601
          • DTC P0602
          • DTC P0603
          • DTC P0604
            • Notes
            • DTC P0606
          • DTC P0607
          • DTC P060D
          • DTC P062F
          • DTC P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F and P2610
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • DTC P0641
          • DTC P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0660
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P1174 or P1175
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1380
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1381
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When DTC P1516, P2101, and P2176 Set
        • Action Taken When DTC P2119 Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P2070 or P2071
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DTC P0010 To DTC P0300
      • DTC P0010 or P0011
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0010
          • DTC P0011
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010
          • P0011
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • DTC P0010
          • DTC P0011
        • Component Testing
          • Static Test
          • Dynamic Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0030, P0053, or P0135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0030
          • P0053
          • P0135
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0053
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0036, P0054, or P0141
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0036
          • P0054
          • P0141
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0036
          • P0054
          • P0141
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0050, P0059, or P0155
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0050
          • P0059
          • P0155
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0050
          • P0059
          • P0155
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0056, P0060, or P0161
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0056
          • P0060
          • P0161
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0056
          • P0060
          • P0161
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0106, P0107, or P0108
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tool Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0106
          • P0107 or P0108
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0116 or P0128
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2135
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0120
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0122
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0123
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0220
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0222
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0223
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0131, P0132 or P0134
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0133, P1133, or P2A00
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0137, P0138, or P0140
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0151, P0152, or P0154
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0153, P1153, or P2A03
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0157, P0158, or P0160
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Emission System Information Reference
          • Engine Mechanical Information Reference
          • Fuel System Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0174 or P0175
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Emission System Information Reference
          • Engine Mechanical Information Reference
          • Fuel System Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0174
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0175
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201-P0206
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0300
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DTC P2077 To DTC P2A04
      • DTC P2077 or P2078
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2138
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2120
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2122
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2123
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2125
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2127
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2128
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2A01
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2A04
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Passive Test
          • Intrusive Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tool
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
        • Temperature vs Resistance - Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve Solenoid
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve System Description
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Voltage and Ground
            • IMT Valve Control Circuit
            • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DT P0315 To DTC P2071
      • DTC P0315
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0332
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0325
          • P0326
          • P0327 or P0332
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0335
          • DTC P0336
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0335
          • P0336
        • Component Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0340
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0341
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0340
          • P0341
        • Component Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
          • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • DTC P0443
          • DTC P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • DTC P0443
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC P0506 and P0507
          • Notes
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • DTC P0601
          • DTC P0602
          • DTC P0603
          • DTC P0604
          • DTC P0606
          • DTC P0607
          • DTC P060D
          • DTC P062F
          • DTC P2610
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0601
          • DTC P0602
          • DTC P0603
          • DTC P0604
            • Notes
            • DTC P0606
          • DTC P0607
          • DTC P060D
          • DTC P062F
          • DTC P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing for DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F and P2610
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • DTC P0641
          • DTC P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0650
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0660
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0700
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P1174 or P1175
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1380
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1381
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Description and Operation
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When DTC P1516, P2101, and P2176 Set
        • Action Taken When DTC P2119 Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P2070 or P2071
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DTC P0010 To DTC P0300
      • DTC P0010 or P0011
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • P0010
          • DTC P0011
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0010
          • P0011
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • DTC P0010
          • DTC P0011
        • Component Testing
          • Static Test
          • Dynamic Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0016
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0030, P0053, or P0135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0030
          • P0053
          • P0135
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0053
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0036, P0054, or P0141
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0036
          • P0054
          • P0141
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0036
          • P0054
          • P0141
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0050, P0059, or P0155
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0050
          • P0059
          • P0155
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0050
          • P0059
          • P0155
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0056, P0060, or P0161
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0056
          • P0060
          • P0161
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0056
          • P0060
          • P0161
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0106, P0107, or P0108
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tool Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • P0106
          • P0107 or P0108
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0116 or P0128
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0116
          • P0128
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223 or P2135
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2135
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0120
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0122
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0123
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0220
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0222
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P0223
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0131, P0132 or P0134
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0133, P1133, or P2A00
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0137, P0138, or P0140
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0151, P0152, or P0154
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0153, P1153, or P2A03
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0157, P0158, or P0160
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Emission System Information Reference
          • Engine Mechanical Information Reference
          • Fuel System Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0174 or P0175
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Emission System Information Reference
          • Engine Mechanical Information Reference
          • Fuel System Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0174
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0175
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201-P0206
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0300
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - DTC P2077 To DTC P2A04
      • DTC P2077 or P2078
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Description and Operation
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128
        • Conditions for Running DTC P2138
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2120
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2122
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2123
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2125
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2127
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2128
        • Conditions for Setting DTC P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2A01
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2A04
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Passive Test
          • Intrusive Test
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System - 3.9L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
          • Special Tool
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.9L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Fault Information
      • Description
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Notes
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
            • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Cracked Window Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Pressure Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Arms Retracted Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Servicing Electrical Components Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Cylinder Hoses Notice
        • Drive Axle Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Notice
        • Transmission Overfill Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • Cautions And Notices - All Models
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Handling Preheated Parts Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Rivet Damage Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heating Transmission Component Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Pin Reuse Notice
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Notice
        • Seal Reuse Notice
        • Torque Converter Housing/Low and Reverse Clutch Housing Bolt Size Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Notes
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
            • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC - Type A or Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type C
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
            • Notes
            • DTC Symptom Subtypes
              • Notes
              • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
              • Notes
              • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
              • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor
              • Notes
              • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 2.4L (LE5) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.5L (LX9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T65-E Automatic Transaxle ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Notes
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Notes
              • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
              • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
            • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Tools Required
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LE5)
        • Compressor Replacement (LX9)
        • Compressor Replacement (LZ9)
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LE5)
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LX9)
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LZ9)
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Screen Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Screen Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement axle LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement axle LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet/Outlet (LZ9)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Upper Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Air Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Defroster Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Control Module
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Sunload Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0164, B0174 or B0179
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0164 05 and 06
            • DTC B0174 or B0179 05 and 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B0164 05 and 06
            • DTC B0174 05 and 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0268 or B0408
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • 2A and 61
            • 51 and 04
            • 2A, 04, 51 and 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • 2A
            • 61
            • 04
            • 51
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC P0645
            • DTC P0646
            • DTC P0647
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Afterblow Enabling
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode/Recirculation Actuator
            • Mode Valve Assembly
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
            • Air Speed
            • Afterblow
            • Air Distribution
            • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
            • Radio Display
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Afterblow
            • Inside Air Temperature Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Ambient Air Temp Sensor)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Valve Assembly
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • After Blow
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Remote Vehicle Start HVAC Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C1 (Early Production)
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module C2 (Early Production)
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator (Early Production)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7/AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7/AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (AJ7/AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (AJ7/AY0)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 032
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 034
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 036
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 052
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 056
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0014
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0014 01
            • B0014 02
            • B0014 04
            • B0014 0D
            • B0014 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0015
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0015 01
            • B0015 02
            • B0015 04
            • B0015 0D
            • B0015 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0016
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0016 01
            • B0016 02
            • B0016 04
            • B0016 0D
            • B0016 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0019 or B0020
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0019 01 Stage 1 or B0020 01 Stage 2
            • B0019 02 Stage 1 or B0020 02 Stage 2
            • B0019 04 Stage 1 or B0020 04 Stage 2
            • B0019 0D Stage 1 or B0020 0D Stage 2
            • B0019 0E Stage 1 or B0020 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0021
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0021 01
            • B0021 02
            • B0021 04
            • B0021 0D
            • B0021 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0022
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 01
            • B0022 02
            • B0022 04
            • B0022 0D
            • B0022 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0023
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0023 01
            • B0023 02
            • B0023 04
            • B0023 0D
            • B0023 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0052
            • B0053
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0081
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0081 3A
            • B0081 39
            • B0081 71
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0083 01 or B0084 01
            • B0083 02 or B0084 02
            • B0083 04 or B0084 04
            • B0083 71 or B0084 71
            • B0083 0F or B0084 0F
            • B0083 3A or B0084 3A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0085
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0085 04
            • B0085 39
            • B0085 71
            • B0085 0F
            • B0085 3A
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B0086
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0086 04
            • B0086 39
            • B0086 71
            • B0086 0F
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1019
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1370
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing Procedure
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement (3 Spoke Steering Wheel)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement (4 Spoke Steering Wheel)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front (w/Heated Seat)
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front (w/o Heated Seat)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Inflatable Restraint IP Module
        • Roof Side Rail Inflatable Restraint Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front (Convertible)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front (Coupe)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front (Sedan)
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Tools Required
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, Side Impact Module and Roof Rail Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
          • Driver Seat
          • Passenger Seat
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedure
          • Seat Belt Stop Button Procedure
          • Tip
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Coupe / Sedan)
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Coupe)
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
          • Driver Seat
          • Passenger Seat
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedure
          • Seat Belt Stop Button Procedure
          • Tip
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Coupe / Sedan)
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Anchor Plate Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Coupe)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Convertible)
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Coupe)
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Sedan)
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Motor/Module EPS)
        • Hydraulic Power Steering System Disassembled View
        • Electronic Power Steering System Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (HPS)
        • Power Steering Control Module
        • Power Steering System Component Views
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
          • Power Steering Control Module - C1
          • Power Steering Control Module - C2
          • Power Steering Control Module - C3
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (Electronic Power Steering - EPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (HPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions (Electronic Steering)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions (Hydraulic Steering)
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
          • Notes
          • Fluid Is Not Hot
          • Fluid Is Hot
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement (LX9, LZ9))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Electronic Power Steering (EPS))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (HPS)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (HPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Hydraulic Power Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Power Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering System Disassembled View (Motor/Module EPS)
        • Hydraulic Power Steering System Disassembled View
        • Electronic Power Steering System Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (HPS)
        • Power Steering Control Module
        • Power Steering System Component Views
        • Power Steering System Connector End Views
          • Power Steering Control Module - C1
          • Power Steering Control Module - C2
          • Power Steering Control Module - C3
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Steering System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0176
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0475 (Symptom 64)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 00)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0545 (Symptom 4B)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0569
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0897
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (Electronic Power Steering - EPS)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (Hydraulic Power Steering)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions (HPS)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions (Electronic Steering)
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions (Hydraulic Steering)
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
          • Notes
          • Fluid Is Not Hot
          • Fluid Is Hot
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement (LX9, LZ9))
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement (Electronic Power Steering (EPS))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (HPS)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (HPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement (EPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Notes
          • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor
          • Power Steering Motor
          • Power Steering Control Module (PSCM)
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Hydraulic Power Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Steering Wheel Torque Sensor Replacement
      • Steering Shaft Torque Sensor Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Wheel and Column Schematic Icons
      • Steering Wheel Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (EPS)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (HPS)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (3-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34)
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right (4-Spoke w/K34/UK3)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Steering Column
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Wheel Controls
      • DTC B3608
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • High Telescoping Effort
      • High Effort While Tilting Column
      • Noise While Driver Adjusting Column
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement (EPS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement (HPS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Replacement Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Electronic)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement (Hydraulic)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security (Found on Some Vehicle Models)
        • Driver Convenience
        • Assist Mechanism
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Ball Joint Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Toe Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Ball Joint Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the J and K Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster Adjustment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
            • Notes
            • Two-Piece Plug and Repair Units
            • Combination Repair/Plug Units
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Fluid Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermo Element Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Weir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
        • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Information
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Reset Transmission Adapts
        • TAP Shift Operation
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0973
      • DTC P0218
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603 or P0604
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P062F
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0815
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0816
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0842
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0843
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0974 To DTC P2764
      • DTC P0974
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1750
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1811
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1915
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Transfer Case Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Forward Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket and Drive Link Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tool Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Disassemble
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
      • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Road Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
          • Notes
          • Manual 4-3 Downshift
          • Manual 4-2 Downshift
          • Manual 4-1 Downshift
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Notes
          • Reverse
          • Manual First
          • Manual Second
          • Manual Third
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
      • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
          • Notes
          • Transmission Oil Pan
          • Case Leak
          • Leak at the Torque Converter End
          • Leak at the Vent Pipe or the Fluid Fill Tube
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Tools Required
        • Leak Test Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
      • Incorrect Line Pressure
      • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Slips in Drive or No Drive
      • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
      • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
      • No Park Range
      • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
      • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
      • First and Second Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck On)
      • First and Fourth Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck On)
      • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • First Gear Only
      • Second Gear Only
      • Third Gear Only
      • Fourth Gear Only
      • Slipping or No First Gear
      • Slipping or No Second Gear
      • Slipping or No Third Gear
      • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
      • No Engine Braking in Manual Second or Low Range
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Popping Noise
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
      • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
      • Noise in First, Second, Third or Fourth
      • Noise in Random Ranges
      • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
      • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply or Release
      • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips or Shudders
      • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Assembly
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2705 02
            • B2705 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (LX9)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation (LE5, LZ9)
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Transfer Case Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Forward Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket and Drive Link Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tool Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Removal Procedure
        • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Disassemble
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input and Third Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl and Third Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Checking Procedure
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Tools REquired
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tool Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages